blob: d6f135863d2c6c0835cd3732bb0ae02072c75c05 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
84 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000085
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
87 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000088 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
90 int isMethod = 0;
91 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
92 // skip over named parameters.
93 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
94 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
95 if (nullPos)
96 --nullPos;
97 else
98 ++i;
99 }
100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
101 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103 // skip over named parameters.
104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
106 if (nullPos)
107 --nullPos;
108 else
109 ++i;
110 }
111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000113 // block or function pointer call.
114 QualType Ty = V->getType();
115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
121 unsigned k;
122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
129 }
130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
131 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 return;
136
137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000140 return;
141 }
142 int sentinel = i;
143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
144 --sentinelPos;
145 ++i;
146 }
147 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000150 return;
151 }
152 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
153 ++i;
154 ++sentinel;
155 }
156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlssone4d2bdd2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 }
164 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000165}
166
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000167SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
170}
171
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173// Standard Promotions and Conversions
174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
175
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
177void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
178 QualType Ty = E->getType();
179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
180
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000191 //
192 // C++ 4.2p1:
193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
195 //
196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000200 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201}
202
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000203void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000205
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000206 QualType Ty = E->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
214 // rvalue is T
215 //
216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000219 // type of the lvalue.
220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
221 }
222}
223
224
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000225/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000226/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
228/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
229/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
230Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
235 //
236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
237 // unsigned int may be used:
238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
240 // and unsigned int.
241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
242 //
243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
248 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000250 return Expr;
251 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000255 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000256 }
257
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 return Expr;
260}
261
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000262/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
265void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
276}
277
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
279/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
280/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
281/// completely illegal.
282bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT))
289 return true;
Douglas Gregor75b699a2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000290
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
294 << Expr->getType() << CT))
295 return true;
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000296
297 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000298}
299
300
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
302/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
305/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
306/// GCC.
307QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
308 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311
312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000316 QualType lhs =
317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000318 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000320
321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
322 if (lhs == rhs)
323 return lhs;
324
325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
328 return lhs;
329
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
337
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363
364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCall4b7a8342010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
Douglas Gregor076ceb02010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000396/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000397/// up-to-date.
398///
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
415 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
419
420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000424 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
425 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000426
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000427 if (!NextBlock)
428 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000429
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000430 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
431 // having a reference outside it.
432 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
433 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
436 // a snapshot as well.
437 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
438 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000440 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441}
442
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000443
444
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000446Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalldbd872f2009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000447Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000449 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
450 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000451 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000452 << D->getDeclName();
453 return ExprError();
454 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
457 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
458 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
459 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000463 << D->getIdentifier();
464 return ExprError();
465 }
466 }
467 }
468 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000472 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
473 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
474 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000475 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000476}
477
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000478/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
479/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
480/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000481static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
482 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000486 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
487 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
488 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000491 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 D != DEnd; ++D) {
493 if (*D == Record) {
494 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
495 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
496 ++D;
497 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 return *D;
500 }
501 }
502
503 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
504 return 0;
505}
506
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000507/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
508/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
509/// actual member.
510///
511/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
512/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
513/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
514/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
515/// we found.
516///
517/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
518/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
519/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
520VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
521 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
523 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
524 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
525
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000526 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
528 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
529 do {
530 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000531 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000533 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 else {
535 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
536 break;
537 }
538 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541
542 return BaseObject;
543}
544
545Sema::OwningExprResult
546Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
547 FieldDecl *Field,
548 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
549 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
550 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552 AnonFields);
553
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
555 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
556 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
557 // found via name lookup.
558 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000559 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 if (BaseObject) {
561 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
562 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000563 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 BaseQuals
568 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
570 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
571 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
572 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
573 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000574 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
576 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
577 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor8aa5f402009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context),
596 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
598 }
599 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000600 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
601 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000603 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000606 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
611 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
612 // anonymous struct/union.
613 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
616 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
617 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
618 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
620 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
621
622 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
623 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
624 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
625 ResultQuals.removeConst();
626
627 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
628 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
629
630 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
631 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
632
633 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
634 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
635 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
636
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000638 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000639 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000640 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
641 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000642 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000643 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 }
645
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000646 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647}
648
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000649/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
650/// possibly a list of template arguments.
651///
652/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
653/// DecomposeTemplateName.
654///
655/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
656/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
657/// some way.
658static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
659 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
660 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
661 DeclarationName &Name,
662 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
663 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
664 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
665 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
666 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
667
668 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
669 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
670 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
671 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
672 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
673
674 TemplateName TName =
675 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
676
677 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
678 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
679 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
680 } else {
681 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
682 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
683 TemplateArgs = 0;
684 }
685}
686
687/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
688///
689/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
690/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
691/// found template arguments.
692static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
693 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
694 TemplateName TName =
695 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
696
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000697 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
698 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000699 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
700 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
701 I != E; ++I)
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000703
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000704 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000705}
706
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000707/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
708/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
709/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000710static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000711 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
712 return false;
713
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
715 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
716 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
717 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
718 if (!BaseRT) return false;
719
720 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000721 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
723 return false;
724 }
725
726 return true;
727}
728
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000729/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
730/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
731static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000732 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000733
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
735 if (!DC) return true;
736
737 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
738 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
739
740 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
741 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
742
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000743 return false;
744}
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000745
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000746/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
747/// the prospective base classes.
748static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
749 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
750 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000751 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000752 return false;
753
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000754 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000755 if (!RD) return false;
756 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
757
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000758 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
759 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
760 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
761 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
762 if (!BaseRT) return false;
763
764 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000765 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
766 return false;
767 }
768
769 return true;
770}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000771
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000772enum IMAKind {
773 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
774 IMA_Static,
775
776 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
777 IMA_Mixed,
778
779 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
780 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
781 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
782
783 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
784 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
785 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
786
787 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
788 IMA_Instance,
789
790 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
791 IMA_Unresolved,
792
793 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
794 /// context is not an instance method.
795 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
796
797 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
798 /// non-class context.
799 IMA_AnonymousMember,
800
801 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
802 /// context is not an instance method.
803 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
804
805 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
806 /// class.
807 IMA_Error_Unrelated
808};
809
810/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
811/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
812/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
813/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
814/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
815/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
816static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
817 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000818 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000819
820 bool isStaticContext =
821 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
822 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
823
824 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
825 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
826
827 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
828 bool hasNonInstance = false;
829 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
830 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +0000831 NamedDecl *D = *I;
832 if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000833 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
834
835 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
836 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
837 // that's a special case.
838 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
839 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
840 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
841 }
842 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
843 }
844 else
845 hasNonInstance = true;
846 }
847
848 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
849 // member reference.
850 if (Classes.empty())
851 return IMA_Static;
852
853 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
854 // an implicit member reference.
855 if (isStaticContext)
856 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
857
858 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
859 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
860 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
861 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
862 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
863 Classes))
864 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
865
866 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
867}
868
869/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
870static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
871 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
872 const LookupResult &R) {
873 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
874 SourceRange Range(Loc);
875 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
876
877 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
878 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
879 if (MD->isStatic()) {
880 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
881 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
882 << Range << R.getLookupName();
883 return;
884 }
885 }
886
887 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
888 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
889 return;
890 }
891
892 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000893}
894
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000895/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
896///
897/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +0000898bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000899 LookupResult &R) {
900 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
901
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000902 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000903 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000904 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
905 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000906 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000907 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000908 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
909 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000910
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000911 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
912 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
913 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
914 // dependent name.
915 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
916 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000917 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
918 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
919
920 if (!R.empty()) {
921 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
922 R.suppressDiagnostics();
923
924 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
925 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
926 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
927 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
928
929 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
930 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
931 // Actually quite difficult!
932 if (isInstance)
933 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000934 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000935 else
936 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
937
938 // Do we really want to note all of these?
939 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
940 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
941
942 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
943 return false;
944 }
945 }
946 }
947
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000948 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000949 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
950 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
951 if (SS.isEmpty())
952 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000953 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
954 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000955 else
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000956 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
957 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
958 << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000959 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
960 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +0000961 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
962 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
963 << ND->getDeclName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000964
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000965 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
966 return false;
967 }
968
969 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
970 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
971 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
972 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
973 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
974 // to recover well anyway.
975 if (SS.isEmpty())
976 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000977 else
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000978 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
979 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
980 << SS.getRange();
981
982 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
983 return true;
984 }
985
986 R.clear();
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000987 }
988
989 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
990 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
991 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
992 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
993 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
994 << SS.getRange();
995 return true;
996 }
997
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000998 // Give up, we can't recover.
999 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1000 return true;
1001}
1002
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001003Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001004 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001005 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1006 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1007 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1008 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1009 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1010
1011 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001012 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001013
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001014 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001015
1016 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1017 DeclarationName Name;
1018 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1019 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001020 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1021 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001022
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001023 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001024
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001025 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1026 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001027 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1028 // (note: handled after lookup)
1029 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1030 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1031 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001032 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1033 // names a dependent type.
1034 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1035 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001036 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1037 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1038 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001039 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001040 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001041 TemplateArgs);
1042 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001043
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001044 // Perform the required lookup.
1045 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1046 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001047 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001048 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001049 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001050 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1051 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001052
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001053 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1054 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001055 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1056 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001057 if (E.isInvalid())
1058 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001059
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001060 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1061 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001062 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001063 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001064
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001065 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1066 return ExprError();
1067
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001068 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1069 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001071
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001072 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001073 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001074 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1075 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1076 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1077 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1078 }
1079
1080 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1081 // call, diagnose the problem.
1082 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001083 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001084 return ExprError();
1085
1086 assert(!R.empty() &&
1087 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001088
1089 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1090 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001091 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001092 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1093 R.clear();
1094 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1095 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1096 return move(E);
1097 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001098 }
1099 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001101 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1102 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1103
1104 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001105 // Warn about constructs like:
1106 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1107 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001108 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1109 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001110 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Chris Lattner966c78b2010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001111 if ((CheckS->getFlags() & Scope::ElseScope) &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001112 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001113 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001114 << Var->getDeclName()
Chris Lattner966c78b2010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001115 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType() ? 2 :
1116 Var->getType()->isBooleanType() ? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001117 break;
1118 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001120 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1121 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001122 }
1123 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001124 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001125 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1126 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1127 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1128 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1129 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1130 // type.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001131 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001132 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001133
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001134 QualType T = Func->getType();
1135 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001136 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001137 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001138 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001139 }
1140 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001141
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001142 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1143 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1144 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1145 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1146 // class member access expression.
1147 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1148 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001149 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001150 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001151 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1152 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001153 }
1154
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001155 if (TemplateArgs)
1156 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001157
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001158 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1159}
1160
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001161/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1162Sema::OwningExprResult
1163Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1164 LookupResult &R,
1165 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1166 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1167 case IMA_Instance:
1168 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1169
1170 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1171 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1172 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1173 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1174
1175 case IMA_Mixed:
1176 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1177 case IMA_Unresolved:
1178 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1179
1180 case IMA_Static:
1181 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1182 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1183 if (TemplateArgs)
1184 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1185 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1186
1187 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1188 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1189 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1190 return ExprError();
1191 }
1192
1193 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1194 return ExprError();
1195}
1196
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001197/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1198/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1199/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1200/// this path.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001201Sema::OwningExprResult
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001202Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001203 DeclarationName Name,
1204 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1205 DeclContext *DC;
1206 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1207 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1208 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1209 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1210
1211 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1212 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1213
1214 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1215 return ExprError();
1216
1217 if (R.empty()) {
1218 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1219 return ExprError();
1220 }
1221
1222 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1223}
1224
1225/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1226/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1227/// additional lookup.
1228///
1229/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1230/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1231///
1232/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1233Sema::OwningExprResult
1234Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Chris Lattnereb483eb2010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001235 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001236 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001237 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
Chris Lattnereb483eb2010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001238
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001239 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1240 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1241 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1242 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1243 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1244
1245 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1246 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1247 // ivar, that's an error.
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001248 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001249
1250 bool LookForIvars;
1251 if (Lookup.empty())
1252 LookForIvars = true;
1253 else if (IsClassMethod)
1254 LookForIvars = false;
1255 else
1256 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1257 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001258 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001259 if (LookForIvars) {
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001260 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001261 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1262 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1263 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1264 if (IsClassMethod)
1265 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1266 << IV->getDeclName());
1267
1268 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1269 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1270 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1271 return ExprError();
1272
1273 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1274 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1275 return ExprError();
1276
1277 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1278 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1279 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1280 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1281
1282 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1283 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1284 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1285 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001286 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001287 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1288 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1289 SelfName, false, false);
1290 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1291 return Owned(new (Context)
1292 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1293 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1294 }
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001295 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001296 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001297 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001298 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1299 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1300 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1301 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1302 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1303 }
1304 }
1305
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001306 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1307 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1308 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1309 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1310 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1311 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1312 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1313 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1314 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1315 }
1316 }
1317 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001318 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1319 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001320}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001321
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001322/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1323///
1324/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1325///
1326/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1327/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1328/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1329/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1330///
1331/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1332/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1333/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1334/// the class declaring the member.
1335///
1336/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1337/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1338/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001339bool
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001340Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1341 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001342 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001343 NamedDecl *Member) {
1344 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1345 if (!RD)
1346 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001347
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001348 QualType DestRecordType;
1349 QualType DestType;
1350 QualType FromRecordType;
1351 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1352 bool PointerConversions = false;
1353 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1354 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001355
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001356 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1357 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1358 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1359 PointerConversions = true;
1360 } else {
1361 DestType = DestRecordType;
1362 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001363 }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001364 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1365 if (Method->isStatic())
1366 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001367
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001368 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1369 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001370
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001371 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1372 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1373 PointerConversions = true;
1374 } else {
1375 FromRecordType = FromType;
1376 DestType = DestRecordType;
1377 }
1378 } else {
1379 // No conversion necessary.
1380 return false;
1381 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001382
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001383 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1384 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001385
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001386 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1387 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1388 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001389
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001390 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1391 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1392
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001393 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001394 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001395 // class name.
1396 //
1397 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1398 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1399 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1400 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1401 //
1402 // class Base { public: int x; };
1403 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1404 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1405 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1406 //
1407 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1408 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1409 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1410 // }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001411 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001412 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1413 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1414 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1415
1416 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1417
1418 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1419 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1420 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1421 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
1422 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
1423 FromLoc, FromRange))
1424 return true;
1425
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001426 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001427 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001428 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001429 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1430
1431 FromType = QType;
1432 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1433
1434 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1435 // we're done.
1436 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1437 return false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001438 }
1439 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001440
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001441 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001442
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001443 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1444 // down to the using declaration's type.
1445 //
1446 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1447 // class ever has member declarations.
1448 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1449 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1450 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1451 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1452
1453 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1454 // conversion is non-trivial.
1455 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1456 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
1457 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
1458 FromLoc, FromRange))
1459 return true;
1460
1461 QualType UType = URecordType;
1462 if (PointerConversions)
1463 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001464 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001465 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1466 FromType = UType;
1467 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1468 }
1469
1470 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1471 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1472 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001473 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001474
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001475 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1476 DestRecordType,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001477 FromLoc,
1478 FromRange,
1479 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001480 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001481
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001482 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
1483 /*isLvalue=*/ !PointerConversions);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001484 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001485}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001486
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001487/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001488static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedmanf595cc42009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001489 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00001490 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1491 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001492 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1493 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1494 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001495 if (SS.isSet()) {
1496 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1497 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001498 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001500 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001501 Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001502}
1503
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001504/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1505/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1506/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1507/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001508Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001509Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1510 LookupResult &R,
1511 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1512 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001513 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1514
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001515 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001516
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001517 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1518 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001519 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001520 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001521 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001522 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001523 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001524
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001525 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1526 // 'this' expression now.
1527 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1528 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1529 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001530 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1531 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1532 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1533 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001534 }
1535
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001536 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1537 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1538 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001539 SS,
1540 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1541 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001542}
1543
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001544bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001545 const LookupResult &R,
1546 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001547 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1548 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1549 return false;
1550
1551 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001552 if (SS.isSet())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001553 return false;
1554
1555 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001556 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001557 return false;
1558
1559 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1560 // normal lookup:
1561 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1562 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1563
1564 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1565 // -- a declaration of a class member
1566 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1567 // original decl.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001568 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001569 return false;
1570
1571 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1572 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1573 // using-declaration
1574 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1575 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1576 // turn off ADL anyway).
1577 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1578 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1579 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1580 return false;
1581
1582 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1583 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1584 // template
1585 // And also for builtin functions.
1586 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1587 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1588
1589 // But also builtin functions.
1590 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1591 return false;
1592 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1593 return false;
1594 }
1595
1596 return true;
1597}
1598
1599
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001600/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1601/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1602/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1603/// will in fact be used.
1604static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1605 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1606 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1607 return true;
1608 }
1609
1610 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1611 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1612 return true;
1613 }
1614
1615 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1616 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1617 return true;
1618 }
1619
1620 return false;
1621}
1622
1623Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001624Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001625 LookupResult &R,
1626 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCallfead20c2009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001627 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1628 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor86b8e092010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001629 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001630 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001631
1632 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1633 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1634 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001635 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1636 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001637 return ExprError();
1638
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001639 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1640 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1641 // we've picked a target.
1642 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1643
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001644 bool Dependent
1645 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001646 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001647 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001648 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1649 SS.getRange(),
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001650 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1651 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001652 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001653
1654 return Owned(ULE);
1655}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001656
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001657
1658/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1659Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001660Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001661 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1662 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001663 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1664 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001665
1666 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1667 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001668
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001669 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1670 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1671 // a template argument list.
1672 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1673 << Template << SS.getRange();
1674 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1675 return ExprError();
1676 }
1677
1678 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1679 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1680 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001681 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001682 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCall87cf6702009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001683 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001684 return ExprError();
1685 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001686
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001687 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1688 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1689 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1690 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001691 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001692 return ExprError();
1693
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001694 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1695 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001696 return ExprError();
1697
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001698 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1699 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1700 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1701 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001702 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001703 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1704 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1705 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001706 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001707 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump0d6fd572010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001708 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1709 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1710 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1711 return ExprError();
1712 }
1713
Fariborz Jahanian8596bbe2010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001714 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump28497342010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001715 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1716 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1717 return ExprError();
1718 }
1719
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001720 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001721 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001722 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001723 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001724 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001725 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1726 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001727 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001728
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001729 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001730 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001731 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001732 }
1733 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1734 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001735
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001736 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001737}
1738
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001739Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1740 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001741 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001742
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001743 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001744 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001745 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1746 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1747 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001748 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001749
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001750 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1751 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001752
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001753 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1754 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001755 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001756 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001757 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001758
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001759 QualType ResTy;
1760 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1761 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1762 } else {
Anders Carlsson848fa642010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001763 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001764
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001765 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001766 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001767 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1768 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001769 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001770}
1771
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001772Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001773 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001774 bool Invalid = false;
1775 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1776 if (Invalid)
1777 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001778
Benjamin Kramerddeea562010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001779 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1780 PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001781 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001782 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001783
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001784 QualType Ty;
1785 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1786 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1787 else if (Literal.isWide())
1788 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedman136b0cd2010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001789 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1790 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001791 else
1792 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001793
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001794 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1795 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001796 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001797}
1798
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001799Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1800 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001801 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1802 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001803 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001804 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001805 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001806 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001807 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001808
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001809 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001810 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1811 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001812 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001813
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001814 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001815 bool Invalid = false;
1816 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1817 if (Invalid)
1818 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001819
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001820 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001821 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1822 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001823 return ExprError();
1824
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001825 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001826
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001827 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001828 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001829 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001830 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001831 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001832 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001833 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001834 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001835
1836 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1837
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001838 using llvm::APFloat;
1839 APFloat Val(Format);
1840
1841 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall9f2df882009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001842
1843 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1844 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1845 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1846 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001847 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001848 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001849 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001850 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001851 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1852 } else {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001853 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001854 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1855 }
1856
1857 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1858 << Ty
1859 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1860 }
1861
1862 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001863 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001864
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001865 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001866 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001867 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001868 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001869
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001870 // long long is a C99 feature.
1871 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001872 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001873 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1874
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001875 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001876 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001877
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001878 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1879 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1880 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001881 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1882 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001883 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001884 } else {
1885 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1886 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001887
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001888 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1889 // be an unsigned int.
1890 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1891
1892 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001893 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001894 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1895 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001896 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001897
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001898 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1899 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1900 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1901 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001902 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001903 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001904 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001905 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001906 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001907 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001908
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001909 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001910 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001911 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001912
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001913 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1914 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1915 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1916 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001917 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001918 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001919 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001920 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001921 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001922 }
1923
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001924 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001925 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001926 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001927
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001928 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1929 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1930 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1931 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001932 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001933 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001934 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001935 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001936 }
1937 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001938
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001939 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1940 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001941 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001942 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001943 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001944 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001945 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001946
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001947 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1948 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001949 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001950 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001951 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001952
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001953 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1954 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001956 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001957
1958 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001959}
1960
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001961Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1962 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001963 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001964 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001965 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001966}
1967
1968/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1969/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001970bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001971 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1972 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1973 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001974 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1975 return false;
1976
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001977 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1978 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1979 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1980 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1981 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1982 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1983
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001984 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001985 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001986 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001987 if (isSizeof)
1988 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1989 return false;
1990 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001992 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001993 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001994 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1995 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001996 return false;
1997 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001998
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001999 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002000 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2001 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002002 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002003
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002004 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00002005 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002006 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002007 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2008 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002009 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002010
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002011 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002012}
2013
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002014bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2015 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2016 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002017
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002019 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2020 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002021
2022 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2023 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2024 return false;
2025
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002026 if (E->getBitField()) {
2027 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2028 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002029 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002030
2031 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2032 // bit-field.
2033 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002034 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002035 return false;
2036
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002037 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2038}
2039
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002040/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041Action::OwningExprResult
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002042Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002043 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002044 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002045 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002046 return ExprError();
2047
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002048 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002049
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002050 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2051 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2052 return ExprError();
2053
2054 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002055 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002056 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2057 R.getEnd()));
2058}
2059
2060/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2061/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002062Action::OwningExprResult
2063Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002064 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2065 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2066 bool isInvalid = false;
2067 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2068 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2069 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2070 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002071 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002072 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2073 isInvalid = true;
2074 } else {
2075 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2076 }
2077
2078 if (isInvalid)
2079 return ExprError();
2080
2081 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2082 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2083 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2084 R.getEnd()));
2085}
2086
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002087/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2088/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2089/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002090Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002091Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2092 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002093 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002094 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002095
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002096 if (isType) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002097 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2098 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2099 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002100 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002101
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002102 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2103 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2104 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2105
2106 if (Result.isInvalid())
2107 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2108
2109 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002110}
2111
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002112QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002113 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2114 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002115
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002116 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002117 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002118 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002119
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002120 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2121 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2122 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002123
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002124 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002125 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2126 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002127 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002128}
2129
2130
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002131
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002132Action::OwningExprResult
2133Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2134 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002135 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2136 switch (Kind) {
2137 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2138 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2139 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2140 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002141
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002142 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002143}
2144
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002145Action::OwningExprResult
2146Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2147 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002148 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2149 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2150
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002151 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2152 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002153
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002154 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002155 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2156 Base.release();
2157 Idx.release();
2158 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2159 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2160 }
2161
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002162 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002163 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002164 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2165 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2166 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002167 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002168 }
2169
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002170 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2171}
2172
2173
2174Action::OwningExprResult
2175Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2176 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2177 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2178 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2179
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002180 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002181 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2182 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2183 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002184
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002185 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002186
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002187 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002188 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002189 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002190 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002191 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2192 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002193 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2194 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2195 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2196 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002197 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002198 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2199 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002200 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002201 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002202 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002203 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2204 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002205 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002206 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002207 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002208 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2209 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2210 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002211 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002212 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002213 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2214 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2215 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2216 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002217 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002218 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002219 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002220
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002221 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2222 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002223 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2224 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002225 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002226 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2227 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2228 // force the promotion here.
2229 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2230 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002231 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2232 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002233 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2234
2235 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2236 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002237 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002238 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2239 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2240 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2241 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002242 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2243 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002244 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2245
2246 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2247 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002248 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002249 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002250 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2251 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002252 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002253 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002254 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2255 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002256 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2257 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002258
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002259 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002260 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2261 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002262 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2263
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002264 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002265 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2266 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002267 // incomplete types are not object types.
2268 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2269 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2270 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2271 return ExprError();
2272 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002273
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002274 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002275 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002276 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2277 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002278 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002280 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2281 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2282 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2283 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2284 return ExprError();
2285 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002287 Base.release();
2288 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002289 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002290 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002291}
2292
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002293QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002294CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002295 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002296 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002297 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2298 // see FIXME there.
2299 //
2300 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2301 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002302 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002303
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002304 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002305 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002306
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002307 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002308 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2309 // to be selected.
2310 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002311
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002312 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2313 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002314 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002315
2316 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2317 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002318 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002319 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2320 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002321 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002322 do
2323 compStr++;
2324 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002325 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002326 do
2327 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002328 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002329 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002330
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002331 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002332 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2333 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002334 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2335 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002336 return QualType();
2337 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002338
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002339 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2340 // operates on.
2341 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002342 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002343
2344 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002345 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002346
2347 while (*compStr) {
2348 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2349 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2350 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2351 return QualType();
2352 }
2353 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002354 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002355
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002356 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002357 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002358 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002359 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002360 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman0479a0b2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002361 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002362 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002363 if (HexSwizzle)
2364 CompSize--;
2365
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002366 if (CompSize == 1)
2367 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002368
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002369 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002370 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002371 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2372 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2373 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2374 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002375 }
2376 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002377}
2378
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002379static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002380 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002381 const Selector &Sel,
2382 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002384 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002385 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002386 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002387 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002388
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002389 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2390 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002392 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002393 return D;
2394 }
2395 return 0;
2396}
2397
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002398static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002399 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002400 const Selector &Sel,
2401 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002402 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2403 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002404 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002405 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002406 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002407 GDecl = PD;
2408 break;
2409 }
2410 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002411 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002412 GDecl = OMD;
2413 break;
2414 }
2415 }
2416 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002417 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002418 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2419 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002420 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002421 if (GDecl)
2422 return GDecl;
2423 }
2424 }
2425 return GDecl;
2426}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002427
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002428Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002429Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2430 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002431 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2432 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2433 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2434 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2435 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2436
2437 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2438 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2439 //
2440 // T* t;
2441 // t.f;
2442 //
2443 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2444 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2445 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2446 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002447 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002448 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2449 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002450 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002451 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002452 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002453 return ExprError();
2454 }
2455 }
2456
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00002457 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002458
2459 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2460 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002461 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002462 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2463 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2464 SS.getRange(),
2465 FirstQualifierInScope,
2466 Name, NameLoc,
2467 TemplateArgs));
2468}
2469
2470/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2471/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2472/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2473static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2474 Expr *BaseExpr,
2475 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002476 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002477 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002478 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2479 // diagnostics.
2480 if (!BaseExpr)
2481 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002482
2483 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2484 // complicated cases here.
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002485 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002486 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002487 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002488}
2489
2490// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2491// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2492// type. The restriction here is:
2493//
2494// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2495// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2496// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2497//
2498// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2499// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2500// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2501// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2502bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2503 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002504 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002505 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002506 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2507 if (!BaseRT) {
2508 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2509 // dependent.
2510 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2511 return false;
2512 }
2513 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002514
2515 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002516 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2517 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002518 if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002519 return false;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002520
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002521 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2522 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2523 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2524 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2525
2526 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2527 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2528
2529 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2530 return false;
2531 }
2532
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002533 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002534 return true;
2535}
2536
2537static bool
2538LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2539 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002540 SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002541 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2542 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002543 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002544 << BaseRange))
2545 return true;
2546
2547 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2548 if (SS.isSet()) {
2549 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2550 // nested-name-specifier.
2551 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2552
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002553 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2554 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2555 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2556 return true;
2557 }
2558
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002559 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002560
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002561 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2562 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2563 << DC << SS.getRange();
2564 return true;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002565 }
2566 }
2567
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002568 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2569 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002570
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002571 if (!R.empty())
2572 return false;
2573
2574 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2575 // for typos.
2576 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002577 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002578 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2579 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2580 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002581 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2582 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002583 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2584 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2585 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002586 return false;
2587 } else {
2588 R.clear();
2589 }
2590
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002591 return false;
2592}
2593
2594Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002595Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002596 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002597 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002598 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2599 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2600 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2601 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2602
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002603 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2604 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002605 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002606 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2607 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2608 Name, NameLoc,
2609 TemplateArgs);
2610
2611 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002612
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002613 // Implicit member accesses.
2614 if (!Base) {
2615 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2616 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2617 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2618 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2619 OpLoc, SS))
2620 return ExprError();
2621
2622 // Explicit member accesses.
2623 } else {
2624 OwningExprResult Result =
2625 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002626 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002627
2628 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2629 Owned(Base);
2630 return ExprError();
2631 }
2632
2633 if (Result.get())
2634 return move(Result);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002635 }
2636
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002637 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002638 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2639 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002640}
2641
2642Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002643Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2644 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2645 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002646 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002647 LookupResult &R,
2648 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2649 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002650 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002651 if (IsArrow) {
2652 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2653 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2654 }
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002655 R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002656
2657 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2658 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2659 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2660 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2661
2662 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002663 return ExprError();
2664
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002665 if (R.empty()) {
2666 // Rederive where we looked up.
2667 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2668 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2669 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002670
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002671 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002672 << MemberName << DC
2673 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002674 return ExprError();
2675 }
2676
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002677 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2678 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2679 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2680 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2681 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2682 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2683 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2684 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2685 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2686 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2687 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002688 return ExprError();
2689
2690 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2691 // result.
2692 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002693 bool Dependent =
John McCall410a3f32009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002694 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002695 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002696 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002697
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002698 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2699 // pick a member.
2700 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2701
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002702 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2703 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2704 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002705 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2706 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002707 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2708 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2709 TemplateArgs);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002710 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002711
2712 return Owned(MemExpr);
2713 }
2714
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002715 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002716 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002717 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2718
2719 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2720
2721 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2722 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2723 // error cases.
2724 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2725 return ExprError();
2726
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002727 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2728 if (!BaseExpr) {
2729 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002730 if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002731 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2732
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002733 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2734 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2735 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2736 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002737 }
2738
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002739 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2740 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2741 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2742 // explicitly qualified.
2743 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2744 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2745 }
2746
2747 // Check the use of this member.
2748 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2749 Owned(BaseExpr);
2750 return ExprError();
2751 }
2752
2753 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2754 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2755 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002756 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2757 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002758 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2759 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2760
2761 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2762 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2763 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2764 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2765 else {
2766 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2767 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2768 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2769
2770 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2771 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2772
2773 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2774 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2775 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2776 }
2777
2778 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002779 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002780 return ExprError();
2781 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002782 FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002783 }
2784
2785 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2786 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2787 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002788 Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002789 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2790 }
2791
2792 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2793 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2794 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002795 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002796 MemberFn->getType()));
2797 }
2798
2799 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2800 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2801 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002802 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002803 }
2804
2805 Owned(BaseExpr);
2806
2807 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2808 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2809 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2810
2811 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2812 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2813 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2814 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2815 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2816 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2817}
2818
2819/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2820/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2821/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2822/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2823/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2824/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2825/// an ordinary member expression.
2826///
2827/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2828/// fixed for ObjC++.
2829Sema::OwningExprResult
2830Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002831 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002832 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002833 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002834 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002835
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002836 // Perform default conversions.
2837 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002838
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002839 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002840 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2841
2842 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2843 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002844
2845 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002846 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002847 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2848 // call, and continue on.
2849 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2850 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2851 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2852 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2853 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002854 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2855 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002856 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2857 ->isRecordType()))) {
2858 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2859 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2860 << QualType(Fun, 0)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002861 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002862
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002863 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002864 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002865 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2866 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002867 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002868
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002869 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2870 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2871 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2872 }
2873 }
2874 }
2875
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002876 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2877 // use that.
2878 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002879 if (IsArrow) {
2880 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2881 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2882 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2883 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2884 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002885 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2886 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002887 }
2888 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002889 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2890 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2891 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2892 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002893 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002894 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002895 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002896
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002897 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2898 // use that.
2899 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2900 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2901 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2902 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2903 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2904 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2905 }
2906 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002907
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002908 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002909
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002910 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002911 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002912 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2913 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2914 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2915 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2916 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2917 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2918 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2919 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2920 // Check the use of this method.
2921 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2922 return ExprError();
2923 }
2924 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2925 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2926 Selector SetterSel =
2927 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2928 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2929 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2930 if (!Setter) {
2931 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2932 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002933 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002934 }
2935 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2936 if (!Setter)
2937 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002938
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002939 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2940 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002941
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002942 if (Getter || Setter) {
2943 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002944
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002945 if (Getter)
2946 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2947 else
2948 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2949 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2950 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002951 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002952 PType,
2953 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2954 }
2955 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2956 << MemberName << BaseType);
2957 }
2958 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002959
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002960 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2961 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2962 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002963 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002964 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002965
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002966 if (IsArrow) {
2967 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002968 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002969 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2970 ;
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002971 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2972 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2973 // struct MyRecord foo;
2974 // foo->bar
2975 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2976 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2977 // by now.
2978 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2979 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002980 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002981 IsArrow = false;
2982 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002983 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2984 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2985 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002986 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002987 } else {
2988 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2989 // type *foo;
2990 // foo.bar
2991 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2992 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2993 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2994 // the appropriate pointer type
2995 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2996 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2997 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2998 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2999 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003000 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003001 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3002 IsArrow = true;
3003 }
3004 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003005 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003006
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003007 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
3008 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003009 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003010 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
3011 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003012 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003013 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003014 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003015
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003016 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3017 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003018 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
3019 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003020 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003021 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003022 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003023 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003024 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3025
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003026 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3027 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003028 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003029
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003030 if (!IV) {
3031 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3032 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3033 LookupMemberName);
3034 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
3035 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003036 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003037 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3038 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003039 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3040 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003041 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003042 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003043 }
3044 }
3045
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003046 if (IV) {
3047 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3048 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3049 // error cases.
3050 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3051 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003052
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003053 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3054 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3055 return ExprError();
3056 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3057 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3058 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3059 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3060 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3061 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3062 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3063 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3064 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3065 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3066 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3067 // AST for a function decl.
3068 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003069 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003070 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3071 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3072 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3073 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3074 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3075 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003076
3077 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3078 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003079 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003080 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003081 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003082 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3083 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003084 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003085 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003086 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003087
3088 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3089 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003090 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003091 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003092 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003093 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003094 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003095 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003096 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003097 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003098 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3099 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003100 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003101 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003102
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003103 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003104 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003105 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3106 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3107 // Check the use of this declaration
3108 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3109 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003110
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003111 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3112 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3113 }
3114 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3115 // Check the use of this method.
3116 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3117 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003118
Ted Kremenekeb3b3242010-02-11 22:41:21 +00003119 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(Context, BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003120 OMD->getResultType(),
3121 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003122 NULL, 0));
3123 }
3124 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003125
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003126 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003127 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003128 }
Chris Lattnereb483eb2010-04-11 08:28:14 +00003129
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003130 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3131 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Chris Lattner7f816522010-04-11 07:45:24 +00003132 if (!IsArrow)
3133 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3134 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
Chris Lattnerb9d4fc12010-04-11 07:51:10 +00003135 return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003136
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003137 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003138 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003139 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003140 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003141 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003142 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003143
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003144 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003145 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003146 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003147 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3148 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003149 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003150 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003151 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003152 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003153
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003154 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3155 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3156
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003157 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003158}
3159
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003160/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3161/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3162/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3163/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3164/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3165///
3166/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3167/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3168/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3169/// only be called
3170/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3171/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3172/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3173Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3174 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3175 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00003176 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003177 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3178 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3179 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3180 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3181 return ExprError();
3182
3183 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3184
3185 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3186 DeclarationName Name;
3187 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3188 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3189 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3190 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3191
3192 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3193
3194 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3195 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3196 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3197
3198 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3199 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3200
3201 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3202 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00003203 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003204 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003205 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3206 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3207 Name, NameLoc,
3208 TemplateArgs);
3209 } else {
3210 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3211 if (TemplateArgs) {
3212 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3213 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3214 } else {
3215 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003216 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003217
3218 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3219 Owned(Base);
3220 return ExprError();
3221 }
3222
3223 if (Result.get()) {
3224 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3225 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3226 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3227 // call now.
3228 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3229 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003230 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003231
3232 return move(Result);
3233 }
3234 }
3235
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003236 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003237 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3238 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003239 }
3240
3241 return move(Result);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003242}
3243
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003244Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3245 FunctionDecl *FD,
3246 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3247 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3248 Diag (CallLoc,
3249 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3250 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003251 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003252 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3253 } else {
3254 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3255 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3256
3257 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor525f96c2010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003258 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3259 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003260
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003261 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3262 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003263 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003264
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003265 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003266 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003267 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003268
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003269 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3270 InitializedEntity Entity
3271 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3272 InitializationKind Kind
3273 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3274 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3275 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3276
3277 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003278 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003279 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3280 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003281 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003282
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003283 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003284 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003285 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003286 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003287
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003288 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3289 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3290 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003291 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3292 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson337cba42009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003293 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3294 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003295 }
3296
3297 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003298 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003299}
3300
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003301/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3302/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3303/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3304/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3305/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3306/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003307bool
3308Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003309 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003310 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003311 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3312 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003313 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003314 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3315 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003316 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003317
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003318 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3319 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3320 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3321 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3322 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3323 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003324 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003325 }
3326
3327 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3328 // them.
3329 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3330 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3331 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3332 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3333 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3334 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3335 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3336 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003337 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003338 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003339 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003340 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003341 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003342 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003343 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3344 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3345 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3346 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3347 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003348 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2fe168f2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003349 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003350 if (Invalid)
3351 return true;
3352 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3353 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3354 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003355
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003356 return false;
3357}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003358
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003359bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3360 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3361 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3362 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3363 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3364 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003365 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003366 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3367 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3368 bool Invalid = false;
3369 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3370 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3371 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3372 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003373 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003374 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003375 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003376
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003377 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003378 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3379 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003380
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003381 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3382 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003383 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003384 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003385 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003386
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003387 // Pass the argument
3388 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3389 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3390 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregoraa037312009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003391
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003392
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003393 InitializedEntity Entity =
3394 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3395 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3396 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3397 SourceLocation(),
3398 Owned(Arg));
3399 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3400 return true;
3401
3402 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003403 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003404 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003405
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003406 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003407 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003408 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3409 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003410
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003411 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003412 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003413 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003414 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003415
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003416 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003417 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003418 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003419 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003420 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003421 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003422 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003423 }
3424 }
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003425 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003426}
3427
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003428/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003429/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3430/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003431Action::OwningExprResult
3432Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3433 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003434 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003435 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003436
3437 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3438 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003439
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003440 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003441 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003442 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003443
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003444 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003445 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3446 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3447 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3448 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3449 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003450 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003451 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3452 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003453
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003454 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3455 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003457 NumArgs = 0;
3458 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003459
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003460 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3461 RParenLoc));
3462 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003463
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003464 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003465 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003466 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3467 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003468 bool Dependent = false;
3469 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3470 Dependent = true;
3471 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3472 Dependent = true;
3473
3474 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003475 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003476 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3477
3478 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3479 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3480 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3481 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3482
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003483 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3484
3485 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3486 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3487 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3488 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3489 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3490 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3491 // method template.
3492 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3493 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor958aeb02009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003494 (void)MemE;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003495
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003496 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3497 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003498 }
3499
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003500 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003501 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003502 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003503 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003504 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3505 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003506 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003507
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003508 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003509 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003510 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3511 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003512 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003513 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3514 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003515
3516 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3517 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003518 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3519 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003520
3521 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3522 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003523 TheCall.get(), 0))
3524 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003525
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003526 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003527 RParenLoc))
3528 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003529
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003530 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3531 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003532 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003533 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3534 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003535 }
3536 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003537 }
3538
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003539 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003540 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003541 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003542
Eli Friedmanefa42f72009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003543 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003544 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3545 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3546 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3547 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003548 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003549
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003550 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3551 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3552 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3553
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003554 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3555}
3556
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003557/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3558/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003559/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3560/// block-pointer type.
3561///
3562/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3563Sema::OwningExprResult
3564Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3565 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3566 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3567 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3568 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3569
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003570 // Promote the function operand.
3571 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3572
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003573 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3574 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003575 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3576 Args, NumArgs,
3577 Context.BoolTy,
3578 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003579
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003580 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3581 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3582 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3583 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003584 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003585 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003586 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3587 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003588 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003589 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003590 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003591 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003592 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003593 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003594 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3595 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3596
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003597 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003598 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003599 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3600 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003601 return ExprError();
3602
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003603 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003604 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003605
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003606 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003607 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003608 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003609 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003610 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003611 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003612
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003613 if (FDecl) {
3614 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3615 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3616 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003617 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003618 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003619 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003620 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3621 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3622 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3623 }
3624 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003625 }
3626
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003627 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003628 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3629 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3630 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003631 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3632 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003633 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3634 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003635 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003636 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003637 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003638 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003639
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003640 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3641 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003642 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3643 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003644
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003645 // Check for sentinels
3646 if (NDecl)
3647 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003648
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003649 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003650 if (FDecl) {
3651 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3652 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003653
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003654 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003655 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3656 } else if (NDecl) {
3657 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3658 return ExprError();
3659 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003660
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003661 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003662}
3663
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003664Action::OwningExprResult
3665Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3666 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003667 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003668 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003669 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003670
3671 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3672 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3673 if (!TInfo)
3674 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3675
3676 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3677}
3678
3679Action::OwningExprResult
3680Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3681 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3682 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003683 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003684
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003685 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003686 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003687 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3688 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003689 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3690 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003691 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003692 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003693 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003694 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003695
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003696 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003697 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003698 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003699 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003700 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003701 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3702 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3703 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3704 &literalType);
3705 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003706 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003707 InitExpr.release();
3708 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003709
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003710 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003711 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003712 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003713 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003714 }
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003715
3716 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003717
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003718 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003719 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003720}
3721
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003722Action::OwningExprResult
3723Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003724 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3725 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3726 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003727
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003728 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003729 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003730
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00003731 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
3732 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003733 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003734 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003735}
3736
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003737static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3738 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003739 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003740 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3741
3742 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3743 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003744 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3745 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahaniana7fa7cd2009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003746 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003747 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3748 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3749 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003750
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003751 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3752 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3753 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3754 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3755 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3756 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3757 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3758 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003759
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003760 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3761 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3762 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3763 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3764 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3765 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003766
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003767 // FIXME: Assert here.
3768 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3769 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3770}
3771
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003772/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003773bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003774 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003775 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3776 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003777 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003778 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3779 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003780
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003781 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003782
3783 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3784 // type needs to be scalar.
3785 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3786 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003787 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3788 return false;
3789 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003790
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003791 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003792 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003793 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3794 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003795 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003796 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3797 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003798 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003799 return false;
3800 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003801
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003802 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003803 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003804 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003805 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003806 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003807 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003808 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003809 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003810 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3811 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3812 break;
3813 }
3814 }
3815 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3816 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3817 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003818 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003819 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003820 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003821
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003822 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3823 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3824 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3825 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003826
3827 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003828 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003829 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3830 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003831 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003832 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003833
3834 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003835 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003836
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003837 if (castType->isVectorType())
3838 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3839 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3840 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3841
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003842 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3843 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003844
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003845 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003846 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3847 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3848 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3849 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3850 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3851 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3852 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3853 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3854 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3855 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003856 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003857
3858 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003859 return false;
3860}
3861
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003862bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3863 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003864 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003865
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003866 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003867 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003868 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003869 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003870 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003871 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003872 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003873 } else
3874 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003875 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003876 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003877
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003878 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003879 return false;
3880}
3881
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003882bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003883 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003884 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003885
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003886 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003887
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003888 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3889 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003890 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3891 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3892 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3893 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003894 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003895 return false;
3896 }
3897
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003898 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003899 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3900 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003901 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3902 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3903 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3904 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003905
3906 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3907 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3908 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003909
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003910 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003911 return false;
3912}
3913
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003914Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003915Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003916 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3917 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3918 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003919
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003920 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3921 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3922 if (!castTInfo)
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003923 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003924
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003925 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003926 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003927 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003928 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3929 castTInfo);
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003930
3931 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3932}
3933
3934Action::OwningExprResult
3935Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3936 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3937 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3938
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003939 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003940 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3941 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003942 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003943 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003944
3945 if (Method) {
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003946 // FIXME: preserve type source info here
3947 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, Ty->getType(),
3948 Kind, Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003949
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003950 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3951 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003952
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003953 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3954 } else {
3955 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003956 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003957
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003958 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
3959 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003960 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003961}
3962
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003963/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3964/// of comma binary operators.
3965Action::OwningExprResult
3966Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3967 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3968 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3969 if (!E)
3970 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003971
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003972 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003973
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003974 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3975 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3976 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003977
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003978 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3979}
3980
3981Action::OwningExprResult
3982Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3983 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003984 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003985 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003986 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987
3988 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003989 // then handle it as such.
3990 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3991 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3992 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3993 return ExprError();
3994 }
3995
3996 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3997 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3998 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3999
4000 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4001 // braces instead of the original commas.
4002 Op.release();
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004003 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004004 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4005 E->setType(Ty);
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004006 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004007 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004008 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004009 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4010 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004011 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004012 }
4013}
4014
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004015Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004016 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004017 MultiExprArg Val,
4018 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004019 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4020 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004021 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4022 Expr *expr;
4023 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4024 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4025 else
4026 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004027 return Owned(expr);
4028}
4029
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004030/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4031/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004032/// C99 6.5.15
4033QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4034 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004035 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4036 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4037 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4038
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004039 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004040
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004041 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4042 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4043 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4044 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4045 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4046 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004047
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004048 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004049 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4050 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4051 << CondTy;
4052 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004053 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004054
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004055 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004056 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4057 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004058
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004059 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4060 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004061 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4062 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4063 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004064 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004065
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004066 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4067 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004068 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4069 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004070 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004071 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004072 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004073 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004074 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004075 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004076
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004077 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004078 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004079 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4080 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4081 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4082 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4083 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4084 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4085 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004086 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4087 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004088 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004089 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004090 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4091 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004092 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004093 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004094 // promote the null to a pointer.
4095 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004096 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004097 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004098 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004099 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004100 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004101 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004102 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004103
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004104 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4105 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4106 QuestionLoc);
4107 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4108 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004109
4110
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004111 // Handle block pointer types.
4112 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4113 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4114 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4115 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004116 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4117 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004118 return destType;
4119 }
4120 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004121 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004122 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004123 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004124 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4125 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4126 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004127 return LHSTy;
4128 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004129 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004130 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4131 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004132
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004133 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4134 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004135 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004136 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004137 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4138 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4139 // to get a consistent AST.
4140 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004141 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4142 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004143 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004144 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004145 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004146 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4147 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004148 return LHSTy;
4149 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004150
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004151 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4152 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4153 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004154 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4155 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004156
4157 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4158 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4159 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004160 QualType destPointee
4161 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004162 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004163 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4164 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4165 // Promote to void*.
4166 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004167 return destType;
4168 }
4169 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004170 QualType destPointee
4171 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004172 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004173 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004174 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004175 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004176 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004177 return destType;
4178 }
4179
4180 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4181 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4182 return LHSTy;
4183 }
4184 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4185 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4186 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4187 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4188 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4189 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4190 // to get a consistent AST.
4191 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004192 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4193 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004194 return incompatTy;
4195 }
4196 // The pointer types are compatible.
4197 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4198 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4199 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4200 // type.
4201 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4202 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004203 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4204 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004205 return LHSTy;
4206 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004207
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004208 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4209 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4210 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4211 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004212 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004213 return RHSTy;
4214 }
4215 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4216 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4217 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004218 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004219 return LHSTy;
4220 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004221
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004222 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004223 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4224 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004225 return QualType();
4226}
4227
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004228/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4229/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4230QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4231 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4232 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4233 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004234
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004235 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4236 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4237 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4238 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4239 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4240 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4241 return LHSTy;
4242 }
4243 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4244 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4245 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4246 return RHSTy;
4247 }
4248 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4249 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4250 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4251 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4252 return LHSTy;
4253 }
4254 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4255 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4256 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4257 return RHSTy;
4258 }
4259 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4260 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4261 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4262 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4263 return LHSTy;
4264 }
4265 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4266 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4267 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4268 return RHSTy;
4269 }
4270 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4271 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004272
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004273 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4274 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4275 return LHSTy;
4276 }
4277 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4278 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4279 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004280
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004281 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4282 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4283 // type. This allows
4284 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4285 // where B is a subclass of A.
4286 //
4287 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4288 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4289 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4290 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004291
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004292 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4293 // It could return the composite type.
4294 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4295 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4296 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4297 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4298 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4299 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4300 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4301 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4302 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4303 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4304 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4305 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4306 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4307 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004308 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004309 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4310 ;
4311 else {
4312 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4313 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4314 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4315 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4316 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4317 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4318 return incompatTy;
4319 }
4320 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4321 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4322 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4323 return compositeType;
4324 }
4325 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4326 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4327 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4328 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4329 QualType destPointee
4330 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4331 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4332 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4333 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4334 // Promote to void*.
4335 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4336 return destType;
4337 }
4338 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4339 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4340 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4341 QualType destPointee
4342 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4343 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4344 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4345 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4346 // Promote to void*.
4347 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4348 return destType;
4349 }
4350 return QualType();
4351}
4352
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004353/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004354/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004355Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4356 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4357 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4358 ExprArg RHS) {
4359 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4360 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004361
4362 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4363 // was the condition.
4364 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4365 if (isLHSNull)
4366 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004367
4368 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004369 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004370 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004371 return ExprError();
4372
4373 Cond.release();
4374 LHS.release();
4375 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004376 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004377 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004378 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004379}
4380
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004381// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004382// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004383// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4384// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4385// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004386Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004387Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4388 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004389
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004390 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4391 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4392 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4393 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4394 return Compatible;
4395 }
4396
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004397 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004398 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4399 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004400
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004401 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004402 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4403 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004404
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004405 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004406
4407 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4408 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4409 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004410 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004411 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004412 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004413
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004414 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4415 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004416 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004417 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004418 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004419 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004420
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004421 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004422 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4423 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004424 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004425
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004426 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004427 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004428 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004429
4430 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004431 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4432 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004433 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004434 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004435 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004436 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4437 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4438 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4439 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4440 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4441 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004442 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004443 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004444 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004445 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004446
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004447 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004448 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004449 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004450 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004451
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004452 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4453 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4454 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4455 // warning can be disabled.
4456 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4457 return ConvTy;
4458 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4459 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004460
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004461 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4462 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4463 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4464 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4465 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4466 do {
4467 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4468 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004469
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004470 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4471 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4472 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004473
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004474 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004475 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004476 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004477
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004478 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004479 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004480 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004481 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004482}
4483
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004484/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4485/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4486/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4487// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004488Sema::AssignConvertType
4489Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004490 QualType rhsType) {
4491 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004492
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004493 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004494 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4495 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004496
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004497 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4498 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4499 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004500
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004501 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004502
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004503 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004504 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004505 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004506
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004507 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4508 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4509 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4510 }
4511 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004512 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004513 return ConvTy;
4514}
4515
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004516/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4517/// for assignment compatibility.
4518Sema::AssignConvertType
4519Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004520 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4521 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004522 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4523 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004524 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004525 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004526 }
4527 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4528 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004529 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4530 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004531 return IncompatiblePointer;
4532 return Compatible;
4533 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004534 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004535 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004536 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004537 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4538 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4539 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4540 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4541 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4542 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004543
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004544 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4545 return Compatible;
4546 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4547 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004548 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004549}
4550
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004551/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4552/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004553/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4554///
4555/// int a, *pint;
4556/// short *pshort;
4557/// struct foo *pfoo;
4558///
4559/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4560/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4561/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4562/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4563///
4564/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004565/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004566///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004567Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004568Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004569 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4570 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004571 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4572 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004573
4574 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004575 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004576
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004577 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4578 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4579 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4580 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4581 return Compatible;
4582 }
4583
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004584 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4585 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4586 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4587 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4588 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4589 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4590 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004591 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004592 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004593 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004594 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004595 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004596 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4597 // to the same ExtVector type.
4598 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4599 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4600 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4601 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4602 return Compatible;
4603 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004604
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004605 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004606 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004607 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004608 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004609 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4610 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004611 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004612 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004613 }
4614 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004615 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004616
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004617 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004618 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004619
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004620 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004621 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004622 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004623
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004624 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004625 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004626
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004627 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004628 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004629 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4630 return Compatible;
4631 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004632 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004633 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4634 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004635 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004636
4637 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004638 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004639 return Compatible;
4640 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004641 return Incompatible;
4642 }
4643
4644 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4645 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004646 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004647
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004648 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004649 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004650 return Compatible;
4651
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004652 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4653 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004654
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004655 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004656 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004657 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004658 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004659 return Incompatible;
4660 }
4661
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004662 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4663 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4664 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004665
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004666 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004667 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004668 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4669 return Compatible;
4670 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004671 }
4672 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004673 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004674 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004675 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004676 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4677 return Compatible;
4678 }
4679 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4680 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4681 return Compatible;
4682 return Incompatible;
4683 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004684 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004685 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004686 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4687 return Compatible;
4688
4689 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004690 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004691
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004692 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004693 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004694
4695 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004696 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004697 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004698 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004699 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004700 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4701 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4702 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4703 return Compatible;
4704
4705 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4706 return PointerToInt;
4707
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004708 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004709 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004710 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4711 return Compatible;
4712 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004713 }
4714 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004715 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004716 return Compatible;
4717 return Incompatible;
4718 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004719
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004720 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004721 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004722 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004723 }
4724 return Incompatible;
4725}
4726
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004727/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4728/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004729static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004730 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4731 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4732 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004733 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4734 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004735 SourceLocation());
4736 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4737 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4738
4739 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4740 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004741 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004742 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004743 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004744}
4745
4746Sema::AssignConvertType
4747Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4748 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4749
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004750 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004751 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4752 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004753 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004754 return Incompatible;
4755
4756 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4757 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4758 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4759 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004760 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4761 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004762 it != itend; ++it) {
4763 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4764 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4765 // 1) void pointer
4766 // 2) null pointer constant
4767 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004768 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004769 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004770 InitField = *it;
4771 break;
4772 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004773
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004774 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004775 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004776 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004777 InitField = *it;
4778 break;
4779 }
4780 }
4781
4782 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4783 == Compatible) {
4784 InitField = *it;
4785 break;
4786 }
4787 }
4788
4789 if (!InitField)
4790 return Incompatible;
4791
4792 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4793 return Compatible;
4794}
4795
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004796Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004797Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004798 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4799 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4800 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4801 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4802 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004803 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004804 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004805 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004806 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004807 }
4808
4809 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4810 // structures.
4811 }
4812
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004813 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4814 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004815 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4816 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004817 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004818 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004819 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004820 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004821 return Compatible;
4822 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004823
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004824 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004825 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004826 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004827 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004828 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004829 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004830 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004831 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004832
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004833 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4834 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004835
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004836 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4837 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004838 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4839 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4840 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4841 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004842 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004843 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4844 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004845 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004846}
4847
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004848QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004849 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004850 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004851 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004852 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004853}
4854
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004855QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004856 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004857 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004858 QualType lhsType =
4859 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4860 QualType rhsType =
4861 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004862
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004863 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004864 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004865 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004866
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004867 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4868 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004869 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4870 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004871 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4872 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004873 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004874 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004875 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004876 }
4877 }
4878 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004879
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004880 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4881 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4882 bool swapped = false;
4883 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4884 swapped = true;
4885 std::swap(rex, lex);
4886 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4887 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004888
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004889 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004890 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004891 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4892 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4893 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004894 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004895 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4896 return lhsType;
4897 }
4898 }
4899 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4900 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4901 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004902 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004903 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4904 return lhsType;
4905 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004906 }
4907 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004908
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004909 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004910 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004911 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004912 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004913 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004914}
4915
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004916QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4917 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004918 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004919 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004920
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004921 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004922
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004923 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4924 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4925 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004926
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004927 // Check for division by zero.
4928 if (isDiv &&
4929 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004930 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004931 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004932
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004933 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004934}
4935
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004936QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004937 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004938 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4939 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4940 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4941 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4942 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004943
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004944 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004945
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004946 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4947 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004948
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004949 // Check for remainder by zero.
4950 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004951 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4952 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004953
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004954 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004955}
4956
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004957QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004958 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004959 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4960 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4961 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4962 return compType;
4963 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004964
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004965 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004966
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004967 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004968 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4969 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4970 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004971 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004972 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004973
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004974 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4975 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004976 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004977 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4978
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004979 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004980
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004981 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004982 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004983
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004984 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4985 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004986 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4987 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004988 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004989 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004990 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004991
4992 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4993 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4994 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004995 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004996 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4997 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4998 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4999 return QualType();
5000 }
5001
5002 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5003 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5004 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005005 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005006 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005007 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005008 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005009 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5010 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005011 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5012 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005013 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005014 return QualType();
5015 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005016 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5017 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5018 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5019 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5020 return QualType();
5021 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005022
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005023 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005024 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5025 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5026 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5027 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5028 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005029 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005030 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5031 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005032 return PExp->getType();
5033 }
5034 }
5035
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005036 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005037}
5038
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005039// C99 6.5.6
5040QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005041 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5042 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5043 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5044 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5045 return compType;
5046 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005047
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005048 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005049
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005050 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005051
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005052 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005053 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5054 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005055 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005056 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005057 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005058
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005059 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005060 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005061 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005062
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005063 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005064
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005065 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5066 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5067 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5068 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5069 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5070 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5071 return QualType();
5072 }
5073
5074 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5075 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5076 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5077 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5078 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005079 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005080 return QualType();
5081 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005082
5083 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5084 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5085 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005086 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005087 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005088 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005089 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005090 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005091
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005092 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5093 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5094 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5095 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5096 return QualType();
5097 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005098
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005099 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005100 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5101 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5102 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5103 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5104 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5105 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005106 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005107 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5108
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005109 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005110 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005111 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005112
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005113 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005114 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005115 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005116
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005117 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5118 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5119 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5120 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5121 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5122 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5123 return QualType();
5124 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005125
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005126 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5127 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5128 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5129 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005130 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005131 return QualType();
5132 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005133
5134 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5135 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5136 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5137 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5138 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005139 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5140 << rex->getSourceRange()
5141 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005142 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005143
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005144 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5145 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5146 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5147 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5148 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5149 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5150 return QualType();
5151 }
5152 } else {
5153 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5154 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5155 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5156 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5157 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5158 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5159 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5160 return QualType();
5161 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005162 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005163
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005164 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5165 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5166 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5167 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5168 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005169 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005170 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005171
5172 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005173 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5174 }
5175 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005176
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005177 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005178}
5179
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005180// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005181QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005182 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005183 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5184 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005185 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005186
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005187 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5188 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5189 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5190
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005191 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5192 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005193 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5194 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5195 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5196 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5197 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005198 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005199 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005200 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005201
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005202 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005203
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005204 // Sanity-check shift operands
5205 llvm::APSInt Right;
5206 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005207 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5208 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005209 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005210 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5211 else {
5212 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5213 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5214 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5215 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5216 }
5217 }
5218
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005219 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005220 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005221}
5222
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005223// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005224QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005225 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5226 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5227
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005228 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005229 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005230 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005231
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005232 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005233
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005234 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005235 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5236 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5237 else {
5238 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5239 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5240 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005241 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5242 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005243
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005244 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5245 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005246 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5247 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5248 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005249 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005250 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005251 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5252 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5253 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5254 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005255 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5256 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005257 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005258
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005259 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5260 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5261 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5262 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005263
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005264 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5265 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005266 Expr *literalString = 0;
5267 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005268 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005269 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005270 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005271 literalString = lex;
5272 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005273 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5274 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005275 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005276 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005277 literalString = rex;
5278 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5279 }
5280
5281 if (literalString) {
5282 std::string resultComparison;
5283 switch (Opc) {
5284 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5285 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5286 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5287 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5288 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5289 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5290 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5291 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005292
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005293 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5294 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5295 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
Ted Kremenek03a4bee2010-04-09 20:26:53 +00005296 << literalString->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005297 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005298 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005299
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005300 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005301 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005302
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005303 if (isRelational) {
5304 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005305 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005306 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005307 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005308 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005309 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005310
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005311 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005312 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005313 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005314
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005315 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005316 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005317 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005318 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005319
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005320 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5321 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5322 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005323 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005324 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005325 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005326 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005327 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005328
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005329 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005330 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5331 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005332 if (!isRelational &&
5333 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5334 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5335 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5336 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5337 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5338 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5339 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5340 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5341 return ResultTy;
5342 }
5343 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005344 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5345 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5346 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5347 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5348 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5349 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005350 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005351 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005352 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5353 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5354 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005355 if (T.isNull()) {
5356 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5357 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5358 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005359 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005360 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005361 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005362 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005363 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005364 }
5365
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005366 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5367 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005368 return ResultTy;
5369 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005370 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5371 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5372 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5373 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5374 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5375 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5376 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5377 }
5378 } else if (!isRelational &&
5379 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5380 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5381 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5382 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5383 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5384 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5385 }
5386 } else {
5387 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005388 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005389 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005390 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005391 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005392 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005393 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005394 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005395
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005396 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005397 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005398 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005399 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005400 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5401 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005402 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005403 return ResultTy;
5404 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005405 if (LHSIsNull &&
5406 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5407 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005408 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005409 return ResultTy;
5410 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005411
5412 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005413 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005414 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5415 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005416 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5417 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5418 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5419 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5420 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5421 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5422 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5423 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005424 // types.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005425 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5426 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5427 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005428 if (T.isNull()) {
5429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005430 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005431 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005432 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005433 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005434 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005435 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005436 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005437 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005438
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005439 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5440 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005441 return ResultTy;
5442 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005443
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005444 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005445 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5446 return ResultTy;
5447 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005448
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005449 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005450 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005451 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5452 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005453
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005454 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005455 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005456 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005457 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005458 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005459 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005460 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005461 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005462 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005463 if (!isRelational
5464 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5465 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005466 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005467 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005468 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005469 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005470 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5471 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5472 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005473 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005474 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005475 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005476 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005477
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005478 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005479 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005480 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5481 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005482 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005483 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005484 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005485 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005486
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005487 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5488 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005489 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005490 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005491 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005492 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005493 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005494 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005495 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005496 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005497 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5498 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005499 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005500 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005501 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005502 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005503 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005504 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5505 if (RHSIsNull) {
5506 if (isRelational)
5507 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5508 } else if (isRelational)
5509 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5510 else
5511 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005512
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005513 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005514 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005515 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005516 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005517 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005518 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005519 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005520 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005521 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5522 if (LHSIsNull) {
5523 if (isRelational)
5524 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5525 } else if (isRelational)
5526 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5527 else
5528 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005529
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005530 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005531 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005532 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005533 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005534 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005535 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005536 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005537 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005538 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5539 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005540 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005541 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005542 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005543 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5544 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005545 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005546 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005547 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005548 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005549}
5550
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005551/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005552/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005553/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5554/// types.
5555QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005556 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005557 bool isRelational) {
5558 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5559 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005560 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005561 if (vType.isNull())
5562 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005563
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005564 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5565 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005566
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005567 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5568 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5569 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5570 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5571 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5572 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5573 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005574 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005575 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005576
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005577 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5578 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5579 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005580 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005581 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005582
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005583 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5584 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5585 // elements for floating point vectors.
5586 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5587 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005588
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005589 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005590 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005591 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005592 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005593 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005594 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5595
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005596 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005597 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005598 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5599}
5600
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005601inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005602 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005603 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005604 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005605
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005606 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005607
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005608 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005609 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005610 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005611}
5612
5613inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005614 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005615 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5616 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5617 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005618
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005619 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5620 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005621
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005622 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005623 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005624
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005625 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5626 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5627 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5628 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5629 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5630 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5631 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005632
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005633 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005634 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005635 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005636
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005637 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5638 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5639 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5640 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005641
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005642 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005643 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005644 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005645
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005646 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5647 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5648 // The result is a bool.
5649 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005650}
5651
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005652/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5653/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5654/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5655///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005656static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005657 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5658 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5659 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5660 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005661 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005662 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5663 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5664 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5665 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005666 }
5667 }
5668 return false;
5669}
5670
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005671/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5672/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5673static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005674 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005675 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005676 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005677 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5678 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005679 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5680 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005681
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005682 unsigned Diag = 0;
5683 bool NeedType = false;
5684 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005685 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005686 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005687 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5688 NeedType = true;
5689 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005690 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005691 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5692 NeedType = true;
5693 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005694 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005695 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5696 break;
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005697 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5698 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005699 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005700 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5701 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005702 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5703 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005704 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5705 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005706 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005707 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005708 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005709 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005710 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5711 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005712 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005713 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5714 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005715 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5716 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5717 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005718 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5719 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5720 break;
Fariborz Jahanian2514a302009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005721 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5722 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5723 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005724 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005725
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005726 SourceRange Assign;
5727 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5728 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005729 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005730 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005731 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005732 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005733 return true;
5734}
5735
5736
5737
5738// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005739QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5740 SourceLocation Loc,
5741 QualType CompoundType) {
5742 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5743 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005744 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005745
5746 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5747 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005748
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005749 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005750 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005751 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005752 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005753 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5754 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5755 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005756 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005757 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005758 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005759 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005760
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005761 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5762 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5763 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005764 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005765 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5766 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5767 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5768 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5769 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005770 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005771 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005772 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5773 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5774 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005775 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5776 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005777 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5778 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5779 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005780 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005781 }
5782 } else {
5783 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005784 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005785 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005786
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005787 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005788 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005789 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005790
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005791 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5792 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005793 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005794 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5795 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005796 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005797 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005798 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005799}
5800
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005801// C99 6.5.17
5802QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005803 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005804 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5805 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5806 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005807
5808 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5809 // incomplete in C++).
5810
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005811 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005812}
5813
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005814/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5815/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005816QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5817 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005818 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5819 return Context.DependentTy;
5820
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005821 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5822 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005823
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005824 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5825 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5826 if (!isInc) {
5827 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5828 return QualType();
5829 }
5830 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5831 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5832 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005833 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005834 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5835 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005836
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005837 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005838 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005839 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5840 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5841 << Op->getSourceRange();
5842 return QualType();
5843 }
5844
5845 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005846 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005847 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005848 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5849 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5850 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5851 return QualType();
5852 }
5853
5854 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005855 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005856 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005857 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005858 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005859 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005860 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005861 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5862 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5863 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5864 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5865 return QualType();
5866 }
Eli Friedman5b088a12010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005867 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005868 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5869 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005870 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005871 } else {
5872 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005873 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005874 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005875 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005876 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005877 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005878 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005879 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005880 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005881}
5882
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005883/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005884/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005885/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5886/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5887/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5888/// - &(x) => x
5889/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5890/// - &s.xx => s
5891/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5892/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5893/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5894/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005895static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005896 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005897 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005898 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005899 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005900 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5901 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5902 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005903 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005904 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005905 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005906 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005907 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005908 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5909 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005910 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5911 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5912 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5913 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5914 }
5915 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005916 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005917 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5918 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005919
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005920 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005921 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5922 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5923 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5924 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5925 default:
5926 return 0;
5927 }
5928 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005929 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005930 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005931 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005932 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5933 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005934 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005935 default:
5936 return 0;
5937 }
5938}
5939
5940/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005941/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005942/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005943/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005944/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005945/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005946/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005947QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005948 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5949 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5950
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005951 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5952 return Context.DependentTy;
5953
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005954 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5955 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5956 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5957 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5958 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5959 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5960 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5961 }
5962 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5963 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5964 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005965 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005966 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005967
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005968 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
5969 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
5970 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
5971 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
5972 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
5973 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
5974 // branch of the if, below.
5975 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
5976 << dcl;
5977 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
5978
5979 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
5980 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5981 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
5982 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005983 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
5984 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
5985 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
5986 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
5987 if (isSFINAEContext())
5988 return QualType();
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005989 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005990 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005991 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005992 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005993 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005994 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5995 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005996 return QualType();
5997 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005998 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005999 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6000 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6001 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006002 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson09380262010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006003 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006004 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006005 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006006 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006007 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006008 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6009 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6010 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6011 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6012 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006013 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6014 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006015 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6016 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006017 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6018 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006019 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006020 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006021 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6022 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
6023 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006024 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6025 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006026 return QualType();
6027 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006028 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006029 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006030 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006031 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006032 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6033 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006034 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006035 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006036 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6037 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006038 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006039 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6040 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6041 return QualType();
6042 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006043
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006044 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6045 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006046 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006047 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006048 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006049 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006050 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006051 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6052 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006053 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6054 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6055 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006056 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006057 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006058
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006059 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6060 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6061 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6062 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6063 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6064 }
6065
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006066 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
6067 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
6068}
6069
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006070QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006071 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6072 return Context.DependentTy;
6073
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006074 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6075 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006076
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006077 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6078 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6079 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6080 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006081 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006082 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006083
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006084 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006085 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006086
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006087 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006088 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006089 return QualType();
6090}
6091
6092static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6093 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6094 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6095 switch (Kind) {
6096 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006097 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6098 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006099 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6100 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6101 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6102 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6103 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6104 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6105 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6106 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6107 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6108 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6109 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6110 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6111 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6112 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6113 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6114 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6115 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6116 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6117 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6118 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6119 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6120 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6121 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6122 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6123 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6124 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6125 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6126 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6127 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6128 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6129 }
6130 return Opc;
6131}
6132
6133static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6134 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6135 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6136 switch (Kind) {
6137 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6138 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6139 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6140 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6141 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6142 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6143 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6144 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6145 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006146 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6147 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
6148 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
6149 }
6150 return Opc;
6151}
6152
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006153/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6154/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6155/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006156Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6157 unsigned Op,
6158 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006159 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006160 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006161 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6162 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6163 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006164
6165 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006166 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6167 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6168 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006169 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6170 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6171 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6172 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6173 break;
6174 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006175 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006176 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6177 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006178 break;
6179 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6180 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6181 break;
6182 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6183 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6184 break;
6185 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6186 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6187 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006188 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006189 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6190 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6191 break;
6192 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6193 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6194 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6195 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006196 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006197 break;
6198 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6199 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006200 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006201 break;
6202 case BinaryOperator::And:
6203 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6204 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6205 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6206 break;
6207 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6208 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6209 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6210 break;
6211 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6212 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006213 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6214 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006215 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6216 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6217 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006218 break;
6219 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006220 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6221 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6222 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6223 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006224 break;
6225 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006226 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6227 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6228 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006229 break;
6230 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006231 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6232 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6233 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006234 break;
6235 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6236 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006237 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6238 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6239 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6240 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006241 break;
6242 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6243 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6244 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006245 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6246 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6247 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6248 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006249 break;
6250 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6251 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6252 break;
6253 }
6254 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006255 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006256 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006257 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6258 else
6259 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006260 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6261 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006262}
6263
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006264/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6265/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006266static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6267 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006268 SourceRange ParenRange,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006269 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondPD,
6270 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006271 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6272 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6273 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6274 // warning/error and return.
6275 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6276 return;
6277 }
6278
6279 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006280 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6281 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006282
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006283 if (!SecondPD.getDiagID())
6284 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006285
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006286 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6287 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6288 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6289 // warning/error and return.
6290 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD);
6291 return;
6292 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006293
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006294 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006295 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6296 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006297}
6298
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006299/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6300/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6301/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6302/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006303static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6304 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006305 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6306 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6307 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6308 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006309 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006310 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006311 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6312
6313 // Subs are not binary operators.
6314 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6315 return;
6316
6317 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6318 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006319 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6320 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006321 return;
6322
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006323 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006324 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006325 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006326 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6327 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006328 lhs->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006329 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006330 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006331 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6332 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006333 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006334 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006335 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6336 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006337 rhs->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006338 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006339 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006340 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006341}
6342
6343/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6344/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6345/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6346static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6347 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006348 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006349 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6350}
6351
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006352// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006353Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6354 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6355 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006356 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006357 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006358
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006359 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6360 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006361
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006362 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6363 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6364
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006365 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6366}
6367
6368Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6369 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6370 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006371 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006372 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006373 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6374 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6375 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6376 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6377 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006378 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006379 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006380 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6381 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6382 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006383
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006384 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6385 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006386 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006387 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006388
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006389 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006390 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006391}
6392
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006393Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006394 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006395 ExprArg InputArg) {
6396 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006397
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006398 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006399 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006400 QualType resultType;
6401 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006402 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6403 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6404 break;
6405
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006406 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6407 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006408 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6409 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006410 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006411 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6412 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006413 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006414 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006415 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6416 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006417 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006418 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006419 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6420 break;
6421 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6422 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006423 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6424 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006425 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6426 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006427 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6428 break;
6429 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6430 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6431 break;
6432 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6433 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6434 resultType->isPointerType())
6435 break;
6436
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006437 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6438 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006439 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006440 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6441 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006442 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6443 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006444 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6445 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6446 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006447 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006448 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006449 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006450 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6451 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006452 break;
6453 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
6454 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006455 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006456 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006457 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6458 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006459 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006460 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6461 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006462 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006463 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6464 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006465 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006466 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006467 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006468 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006469 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006470 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006471 resultType = Input->getType();
6472 break;
6473 }
6474 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006475 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006476
6477 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006478 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006479}
6480
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006481Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6482 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6483 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006484 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006485 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6486 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006487 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6488 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6489 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6490 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006491 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006492 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006493 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6494 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6495 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006496
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006497 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6498 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006499
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006500 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6501}
6502
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006503// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6504Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6505 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6506 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6507}
6508
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006509/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006510Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6511 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6512 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006513 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006514 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006515
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006516 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6517 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006518 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006519 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006520
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006521 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006522 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6523 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006524}
6525
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006526Sema::OwningExprResult
6527Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6528 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6529 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006530 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6531 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6532
Douglas Gregordd8f5692010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006533 bool isFileScope
6534 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006535 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006536 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006537
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006538 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6539 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6540 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006541
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006542 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6543 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6544 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006545
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006546 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6547 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6548 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6549 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6550 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006551
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006552 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006553 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006554 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006555
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006556 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6557 // expressions are not lvalues.
6558
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006559 substmt.release();
6560 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006561}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006562
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006563Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6564 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6565 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6566 TypeTy *argty,
6567 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6568 unsigned NumComponents,
6569 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6570 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6571 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006572 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6573 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006574 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006575
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006576 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6577
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006578 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6579 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6580 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006581 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006582 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006583
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006584 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6585 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006586
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006587 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6588 // the offsetof designators.
6589 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6590 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006591 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006592 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006593
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006594 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6595 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006596 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6597 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006598 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006599 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6600 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006601
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006602 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006603 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006604
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006605 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6606 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6607 return ExprError();
6608
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006609 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6610 // leaks like a sieve.
6611 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6612 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6613 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6614 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6615 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6616 if (!AT) {
6617 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006618 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6619 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006620 }
6621
6622 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6623
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006624 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6625 // expression.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006626 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006627
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006628 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6629 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006630 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006631 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006632 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006633 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006634 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006635
6636 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6637 OC.LocEnd);
6638 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006639 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006640
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006641 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006642 if (!RC) {
6643 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006644 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6645 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006646 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006647
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006648 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6649 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006650 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006651 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6652 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6653 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6654 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6655 << Res->getType()))
6656 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006657 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006658
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006659 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6660 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006661
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006662 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006663 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006664 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006665 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6666 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006667
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006668 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6669 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006670 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006671 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006672 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006673 } else {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006674 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6675 *R.begin(), MemberDecl);
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006676 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6677 // doesn't matter here.
6678 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6679 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6680 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006681 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006682 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006683
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006684 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6685 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006686}
6687
6688
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006689Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6690 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6691 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006692 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6693 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6694 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006695
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006696 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006697
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006698 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6699 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6700 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6701 return ExprError();
6702 }
6703
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006704 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6705 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006706}
6707
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006708Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6709 ExprArg cond,
6710 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6711 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6712 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6713 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6714 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006715
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006716 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6717
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006718 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006719 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006720 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006721 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006722 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006723 } else {
6724 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6725 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6726 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6727 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006728 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6729 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6730 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006731
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006732 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6733 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006734 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6735 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006736 }
6737
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006738 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6739 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006740 resType, RPLoc,
6741 resType->isDependentType(),
6742 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006743}
6744
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006745//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6746// Clang Extensions.
6747//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6748
6749/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006750void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006751 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6752 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6753 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6754 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006755}
6756
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006757void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006758 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006759 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006760
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006761 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6762 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006763 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006764 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6765
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006766 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6767 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6768 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6769 return;
6770 }
6771
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006772 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6773 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006774 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6775 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006776
6777 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6778 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006779 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006780 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006781 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006782 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006783 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6784 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006785 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006786
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006787 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6788 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6789 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6790 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6791 return;
6792 }
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006793
6794 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006795 return;
6796 }
6797
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006798 // Analyze arguments to block.
6799 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6800 "Not a function declarator!");
6801 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006802
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006803 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6804 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006805
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006806 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6807 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6808 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6809 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006810 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6811 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006812 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006813 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006814 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian9a66c302010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006815 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6816 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6817 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6818 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6819 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6820 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6821 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6822 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6823 }
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006824 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006825 }
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006826 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006827 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006828 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006829 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006830
6831 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6832 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6833
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006834 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006835 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6836 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6837
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006838 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006839 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6840 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6841 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6842
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006843 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006844 }
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006845 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006846
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006847 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006848 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006849 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006850 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006851 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006852 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6853 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006854
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006855 // Analyze the return type.
6856 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006857 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006858
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006859 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6860 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6861 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6862 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6863 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006864 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006865}
6866
6867/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6868/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6869void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006870 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006871 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006872 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006873 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006874}
6875
6876/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6877/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006878Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6879 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006880 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6881 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6882 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006883
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006884 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006885
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006886 PopDeclContext();
6887
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006888 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006889 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6890 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006891
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006892 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6893 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6894 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006895
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006896 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006897 QualType BlockTy;
6898 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006899 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006900 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006901 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006902 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006903 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006904 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006905
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006906 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006907 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006908 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006909
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006910 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006911 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006912 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006913
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006914 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006915
6916 bool Good = true;
6917 // Check goto/label use.
6918 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6919 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6920 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6921
6922 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6923 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6924 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6925 continue;
6926
6927 // Emit error.
6928 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6929 Good = false;
6930 }
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006931 if (!Good) {
6932 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006933 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006934 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006935
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006936 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenekd064fdc2010-03-23 00:13:23 +00006937 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
6938 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
6939 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006940
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006941 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6942 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006943 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006944 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006945}
6946
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006947Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6948 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6949 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006950 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006951 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6952 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006953
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006954 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006955
6956 // Get the va_list type
6957 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006958 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6959 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6960 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6961 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006962 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006963 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6964 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6965 } else {
6966 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6967 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006968 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006969 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006970 return ExprError();
6971 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006972
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006973 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6974 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006975 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6976 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006977 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006978 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006979
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006980 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006981 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006982
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006983 expr.release();
6984 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6985 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006986}
6987
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006988Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006989 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6990 // pointers on the target.
6991 QualType Ty;
6992 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6993 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6994 else
6995 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6996
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006997 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006998}
6999
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007000static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
7001 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007002 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7003 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007004
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007005 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7006 if (!PT)
7007 return;
7008
7009 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7010 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7011 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7012 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7013 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7014 return;
7015 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007016
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007017 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7018 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7019 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7020 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007021
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007022 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007023}
7024
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007025bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7026 SourceLocation Loc,
7027 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007028 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007029 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7030 bool isInvalid = false;
7031 unsigned DiagKind;
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007032 FixItHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007033
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007034 switch (ConvTy) {
7035 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7036 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007037 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007038 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7039 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007040 case IntToPointer:
7041 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7042 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007043 case IncompatiblePointer:
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007044 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007045 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7046 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007047 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7048 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7049 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007050 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7051 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7052 break;
7053 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007054 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7055 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7056 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7057 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7058 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7059 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7060 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7061 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7062 // C++ semantics.
7063 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7064 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7065 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007066 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7067 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007068 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007069 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007070 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007071 case IntToBlockPointer:
7072 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7073 break;
7074 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007075 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007076 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007077 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007078 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007079 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7080 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7081 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007082 case IncompatibleVectors:
7083 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7084 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007085 case Incompatible:
7086 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7087 isInvalid = true;
7088 break;
7089 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007090
Douglas Gregord4eea832010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007091 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
7092 switch (Action) {
7093 case AA_Assigning:
7094 case AA_Initializing:
7095 // The destination type comes first.
7096 FirstType = DstType;
7097 SecondType = SrcType;
7098 break;
7099
7100 case AA_Returning:
7101 case AA_Passing:
7102 case AA_Converting:
7103 case AA_Sending:
7104 case AA_Casting:
7105 // The source type comes first.
7106 FirstType = SrcType;
7107 SecondType = DstType;
7108 break;
7109 }
7110
7111 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007112 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007113 return isInvalid;
7114}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007115
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007116bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007117 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7118 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7119 if (Result)
7120 *Result = ICEResult;
7121 return false;
7122 }
7123
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007124 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7125
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007126 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007127 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7128 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7129
7130 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7131 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7132 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7133 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7134 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7135 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7136 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007137
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007138 return true;
7139 }
7140
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007141 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7142 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007143
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007144 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7145 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7146 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007147
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007148 if (Result)
7149 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7150 return false;
7151}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007152
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007153void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007154Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007155 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7156 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007157}
7158
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007159void
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007160Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7161 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7162 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7163 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007164
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007165 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7166 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7167 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7168 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7169 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007170 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007171 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7172 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7173 I != IEnd; ++I)
7174 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7175 }
7176
7177 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7178 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7179 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7180 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7181 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7182 I != IEnd; ++I)
7183 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7184 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007185 }
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007186
7187 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7188 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7189 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7190 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007191 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007192 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7193 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7194 ExprTemporaries.end());
7195
7196 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7197 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007198}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007199
7200/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7201///
7202/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7203/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7204/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7205/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7206///
7207/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7208///
7209/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7210void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7211 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007212
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007213 if (D->isUsed())
7214 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007215
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007216 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7217 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7218 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7219 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007220 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007221 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007222 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007223 return;
7224 }
7225
7226 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
7227 return;
7228
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007229 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7230 // an instantiation.
7231 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7232 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007233
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007234 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007235 case Unevaluated:
7236 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7237 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007238
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007239 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7240 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7241 // "used"; handle this below.
7242 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007243
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007244 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7245 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7246 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7247 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007248 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007249 return;
7250 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007251
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007252 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007253 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007254 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007255 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7256 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7257 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007258 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007259 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007260 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7261 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7262 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007263
Anders Carlssond6a637f2009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007264 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007265 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7266 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7267 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007268
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007269 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7270 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7271 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7272 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7273 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7274 }
7275 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007276 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007277 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007278 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007279 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007280 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7281 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7282 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7283 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7284 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007285 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007286 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007287 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007288 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007289 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7290 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7291 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007292 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007293 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007294 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7295 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007296
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007297 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7298 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7299 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7300 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7301 Loc));
7302 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007303 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007304 Loc));
7305 }
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007306 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007307
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007308 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007309 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007310
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007311 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007312 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007313
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007314 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007315 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007316 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007317 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7318 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7319 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7320 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7321 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7322 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7323 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7324 }
7325 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007326
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007327 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007328
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007329 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007330 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007331 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007332}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007333
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007334/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7335/// of the program being compiled.
7336///
7337/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007338/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007339/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7340/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7341/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7342/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007343/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007344/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007345///
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007346/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7347/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7348/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7349/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007350bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007351 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7352 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7353 case Unevaluated:
7354 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7355 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007356
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007357 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7358 Diag(Loc, PD);
7359 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007360
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007361 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7362 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7363 break;
7364 }
7365
7366 return false;
7367}
7368
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007369bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7370 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7371 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7372 return false;
7373
7374 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7375 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7376 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7377 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007378
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007379 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007380 FD ?
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007381 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7382 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007383 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007384 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7385 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7386 return true;
7387
7388 return false;
7389}
7390
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007391// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7392// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7393void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7394 SourceLocation Loc;
7395
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007396 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7397
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007398 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7399 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7400 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7401 return;
7402
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007403 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7404 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7405 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7406 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7407
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007408 // self = [<foo> init...]
7409 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7410 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7411 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7412
7413 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7414 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7415 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7416 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7417 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007418
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007419 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7420 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7421 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7422 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7423 return;
7424
7425 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7426 } else {
7427 // Not an assignment.
7428 return;
7429 }
7430
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007431 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007432 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007433
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007434 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007435 << E->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007436 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7437 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007438 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007439 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007440}
7441
7442bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7443 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7444
7445 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007446 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007447
7448 QualType T = E->getType();
7449
7450 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7451 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7452 return true;
7453 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7454 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7455 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7456 return true;
7457 }
7458 }
7459
7460 return false;
7461}